WO2019153964A1 - 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端 - Google Patents

一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019153964A1
WO2019153964A1 PCT/CN2018/125476 CN2018125476W WO2019153964A1 WO 2019153964 A1 WO2019153964 A1 WO 2019153964A1 CN 2018125476 W CN2018125476 W CN 2018125476W WO 2019153964 A1 WO2019153964 A1 WO 2019153964A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
harq
ack
sps pdsch
codebook
ack codebook
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/125476
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
高雪娟
司倩倩
托尼
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=67549230&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2019153964(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院有限公司
Priority to US16/968,593 priority Critical patent/US11923985B2/en
Priority to EP22166381.8A priority patent/EP4040698A1/en
Priority to EP18904723.6A priority patent/EP3751772B1/en
Priority to KR1020207025621A priority patent/KR102501669B1/ko
Publication of WO2019153964A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019153964A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078—Timing of allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and a terminal for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback.
  • HARQ-ACK timing In the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, only semi-static HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest)-ACK (ACKnowledge) timing is supported.
  • the timing relationship between the downlink transmission HARQ-ACK feedback and the downlink transmission ie, HARQ-ACK timing
  • the timing relationship between the downlink transmission HARQ-ACK feedback and the downlink transmission is predefined; for example, for FDD (Frequency Division duplex) carrier, feedback in subframe n
  • FDD Frequency Division duplex
  • TDD Time Division duplex
  • one uplink subframe n corresponds to the feedback one downlink subframe set nk.
  • the downlink transmission HARQ-ACK, where k ⁇ K, K is a predefined downlink index value for different TDD uplink and downlink configurations and different uplink subframes in each TDD uplink and downlink configuration.
  • both semi-static and dynamic HARQ-ACK timing are supported, that is, the timing relationship between the downlink HARQ-ACK feedback and the downlink transmission (ie, The HARQ-ACK timing may be a pre-defined or signaling pre-configured value, or may be notified in the DCI (Downlink Control Information) used by the PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel). It can be dynamically changed between the pre-configured multiple candidate values by the indication of DCI, hence the name dynamic HARQ-ACK timing.
  • Cross-slot scheduling is supported in the 5G NR.
  • one PDCCH transmitted in the slot n can schedule PDSCH transmission in the slot n, and can also schedule the PDSCH in the slotn+k (Physical Downlink Shared Channel). Channel) transmission, where k is greater than zero. Therefore, the DCI used by the PDCCH for scheduling a PDSCH may include two indication fields, one for indicating the time domain location of the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH, and one for indicating the PDQ scheduled by the PDCCH. .
  • SPS Semi-Persistent Scheduling
  • PDSCH ie, dynamic PDCSH
  • the high-level signaling will configure the RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier) corresponding to the SPS for scrambling the PDCCH for the SPS PDSCH.
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the HARQ-ACK timing of the PDSCH may be indicated by a HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH, and may be one of 8 candidate HARQ-ACK timings that are pre-configured by the 3-bit indication field to indicate high-level signaling, the HARQ- ACK timing can be dynamically changed for each PDSCH transmission, hence the name dynamic HARQ-ACK timing.
  • dynamic HARQ-ACK timing there may be a semi-static and dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook generation method, that is, a HARQ-ACK codebook is generated for downlink transmission of HARQ-ACK feedback in the same time domain position.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback sequence may be indicated by a HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH, and may be one of 8 candidate HARQ-ACK timings that are pre-configured by the 3-bit indication field to indicate high-level signaling, the HARQ- ACK timing can be dynamically changed for each PDSCH
  • the present application provides a method and a terminal for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback to solve the problem of how to perform the HARQ-ACK feedback of the SPS PDSCH in the prior art.
  • a method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method includes:
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH;
  • the terminal transmits the processed HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the method includes:
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH;
  • the network side device receives the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • a terminal for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback is provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the terminal includes: a processor and a memory;
  • the processor is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following processes:
  • a network side device that performs hybrid automatic repeat request feedback is provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the network side device includes: a processor and a memory;
  • the processor is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following processes:
  • the terminal Determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH; and receives the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • a computer storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application has a computer program stored thereon, and when the program is executed by the processor, the solution of any of the foregoing first aspects is implemented.
  • a computer storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application has a computer program stored thereon, and when the program is executed by the processor, the solution of any of the foregoing second aspects is implemented.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, and transmits the processed HARQ-ACK codebook; and the network side device determines that the terminal transmits on the PUCCH or the PUSCH. Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; receiving the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • the terminal can add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, a scheme for performing HARQ-ACK feedback of the SPS PDSCH is given, and system performance is improved.
  • 1A is a schematic diagram of a 5G architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of a possible network architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of generating a HARQ-ACK codebook according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1D is a schematic diagram of another HARQ-ACK codebook according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a network side device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a network side device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of feedback performed by six PDSCHs in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of feedback according to a set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for performing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback on a terminal side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for performing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback by a network side device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1A it is a schematic diagram of a 5G architecture.
  • the architecture includes a user equipment (UE), a (radio) access network (radio) access network, (R) AN, a user plane function (UPF) network element, and a data network.
  • Data Network, DN access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, security anchor function (SEAF) network element, session management function (SMF) Network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, authentication service function (AUSF) network element, unified data management (UDM) network element, and authentication credential storage and processing functions (Authentication credential repository and processing function (ARPF) network element.
  • the SEAF network element and the AMF network element can be deployed in a unified manner.
  • the SEAF network element can be a function of the AMF network element.
  • the SEAF network element can be deployed separately from the AMF network element.
  • FIG. 1A is represented as a SEAF/AMF network element.
  • the ARPF network element and the UDM network element can be deployed in a unified manner.
  • the ARPF network element can be a function of the UDM network element.
  • the ARPF network element can be deployed separately from the UDM network element.
  • FIG. 1A is represented as an ARPF/UDM network element.
  • the UE communicates with the SEAF/AMF network element through the N1 interface; the (R) AN device communicates with the SEAF/AMF network element through the N2 interface; the RAN device communicates with the UPF network element through the N3 interface; the UPF network element
  • the NFM interface communicates with the SMF network element through the N4 interface; the SMF network element communicates with the PCF network element through the N7 interface; between the SEAF/AMF network element and the ARPF/UDM network element Communication through the N8 interface; different UPF network elements communicate through the N9 interface; the SMF network element communicates with the ARPF/UDM network element through the N10 interface; the SEAF/AMF network element communicates with the SMF network element through the N11 interface; The /AMF network element communicates with the AUSF network element through the N12 interface; the AUSF network element communicates with the ARPF/UDM network element through the N13 interface; the different SEAF/AMF network elements communicate through the N14 interface; the SEAF/AMF
  • the UE can be a mobile phone, a tablet, or the like.
  • the (R) AN device includes, for example, a base station or the like.
  • the UPF network element is mainly responsible for session and bearer management, and Internet protocol (IP) address allocation.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • the PCF network element is mainly responsible for providing strategies for the network.
  • the AMF network element is mainly responsible for mobility management in the mobile network, such as user location update, user registration network, user switching, and the like.
  • the SEAF network element is mainly responsible for entities that handle functions such as authentication vectors during the authentication process.
  • the SMF network element is mainly responsible for establishing a session, modifying a session, or releasing a session.
  • the AUSF network element is mainly responsible for authenticating the server function entity.
  • the UDM network element is mainly responsible for managing the subscription data. When the subscription data is modified, it is responsible for notifying the corresponding network element.
  • the ARPF network element is mainly responsible for storing the long-term security credentials of the UE.
  • the ARPF network element can be part of the UDM network element responsible for security functions.
  • the DN is an external data network.
  • the network architecture includes network side devices and terminals.
  • the network side device is a network side device currently accessed by the terminal.
  • the terminal is a device with wireless communication function, which can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, hand-held or on-board; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (for example) Aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.)
  • the terminal may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminal, wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, A wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, or the like; or a UE, a mobile station (MS), or a terminal device.
  • the UE in FIG. 1A is a specific example of the terminal of the present application.
  • the network side device may be a base station, and is a device that provides a wireless communication function for the terminal, including but not limited to: a gNB in a 5G, a radio network controller (RNC), a node B (node B, NB), Base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (TP), mobile switching center, and the like.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B node B
  • BSC Base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • home base station for example, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • TRP transmitting and receiving point
  • TP transmitting point
  • the network side device may be the RAN device in FIG. 1A, and the terminal may be the UE in FIG. 1A.
  • the terminal 10 is configured to add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH; and transmit the processed HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the network side device 20 is configured to determine that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, and receives the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, and transmits the processed HARQ-ACK codebook; and the network side device determines that the terminal transmits on the PUCCH or the PUSCH. Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; receiving the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • the terminal can add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, a scheme for performing HARQ-ACK feedback of the SPS PDSCH is given, and system performance is improved.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook in the embodiment of the present application is a semi-static (semi-static) codebook or a dynamic (dynamic) codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK timing of the PDSCH may be indicated by a HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH, and may be one of 8 candidate HARQ-ACK timings pre-configured by the 3-bit indication field indicating the high layer signaling, the HARQ- ACK timing can be dynamically changed for each PDSCH transmission, hence the name dynamic HARQ-ACK timing.
  • dynamic HARQ-ACK timing there may be a semi-static and dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook generation method, that is, a HARQ-ACK codebook is generated for downlink transmission of HARQ-ACK feedback in the same time domain position.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback sequence may be indicated by a HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH, and may be one of 8 candidate HARQ-ACK timings pre-configured by the 3-bit indication field indicating the high layer signaling, the HARQ- ACK timing can be dynamically changed for each PDSCH transmission, hence the
  • the semi-static codebook may determine one PDCCH reception set M according to HARQ-ACK timing, scheduling timing between PDCCH and PDSCH, configuration information of PDCCH monitoring occasion, and the like, and determine a HARQ_ACK codebook size according to M.
  • the pre-configured 8 HARQ-ACK timing candidate sets are ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , indicating how many slots after the start of a PDSCH end position is to transmit its HARQ-ACK.
  • a maximum of 8 downlink transmission slots can be determined according to the set (because the determined 8 slot positions may not be downlink slots or some downlink slots but no corresponding PDCCH monitoring occasion, and cannot be scheduled) corresponding to the same slot.
  • Performing HARQ-ACK feedback on the uplink location, according to the scheduling time of the downlink transmission, for example, the current slot scheduling, correspondingly determining 8 possible PDCCH transmission locations, if there is a location in these locations that is not configured as a PDCCH detection location (monitoring occasion) Then, these locations are removed in the codebook, and only the positions of the PDCCH monitoring occasions are considered in the eight locations, because the PDCCH can be transmitted only at the location where the PDCCH monitoring occasion is actually configured, thereby scheduling the PDSCH transmission of the corresponding location. For example, if there are actually six PDCCH monitoring occasions, and the remaining two slots are uplink or reserved resources, then M 6 is determined. As shown in FIG.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is further determined to be M*C, where C is the number of HARQ-ACK feedback bits corresponding to each PDSCH on the carrier, and is related to the configured number of TBs and the number of configured CBGs. That is, regardless of whether the PDCCH and the PDSCH are actually received at the six locations, the HARQ-ACK codebook is generated according to the six positions.
  • the dynamic codebook may be based on the received HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the PDCCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK feedback in the same uplink position and the DCI in the DCI of the last PDCCH, the scheduling timing between the PDCCH and the PDSCH,
  • the configuration information of the PDCCH monitoring occasion or the like determines a PDCCH reception set M, and the manner of determining M is similar to that of the semi-static codebook. After the M is determined, each of the M PDCCH monitoring occasions, when using the non-backward DCI format, includes a 2-bit C-DAI (Counter-Downlink Assignment Index) and 2 bits.
  • T-DAI Total-DAI, Total DAI
  • C-DAI is used to determine the ranking position of HARQ-ACK in the codebook
  • T-DAI is used to determine the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the slot scheduling is based on the HARQ-ACK timing in the PDCCH received in slot n (corresponding to the first PDCCH in slot n+8) and the PDCCH received in slot n+5 (corresponding to The HARQ-ACK timing in the last PDCCH of slot n+8 determines the M set, and in the M set, sorts according to the C-DAI in the actually received PDCCH according to the pre-frequency domain post-time domain order, according to the M set.
  • the T-DAI in the PDCCH received in the last monitoring occasion determines that the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook is 8*C, assuming that each PDSCH transmission on each CC in the two CCs corresponds to the C-bit HARQ-ACK feedback information. Since the HARQ-ACK ordering and the number of HARQ-ACK bits are determined according to the actually received PDCCH, the HARQ-ACK information does not need to be generated for the location where the scheduling does not actually exist, and the HARQ-ACK feedback can be greatly reduced. Redundancy of information.
  • the SPS PDSCH in the embodiment of the present application may be one of the following PDCCHs:
  • the SPS PDSCH transmitted in the subsequent SPS transmission opportunity determined according to the PDCCH indicating the re-establishment of the downlink SPS.
  • the subsequent mentioned above that is, does not include the first PDSCH transmission determined according to the scheduling information of the PDCCH.
  • the method of the present application determines that there are many methods for adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, and the following are listed:
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH to the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at the same time according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH. ;
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds the SPS to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • HARQ-ACK of PDSCH when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at the same time according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, the network side device determines that the terminal adds the SPS to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH can be added in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a possible implementation manner is: when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is the time when the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are Transfer at the same time.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k is the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted at the same time as the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, that is, the terminal
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k.
  • the k mentioned above is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the terminal removes the HARQ of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • -ACK
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal is in the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times. Remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times, the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is not added in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a possible implementation manner is: when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is not the time when the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are determined. Transfer at different times.
  • Another possible implementation manner is: when the transmission time of the SPS PDSCH is n, the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k is not the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted at a different time from the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, that is, The terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k.
  • the k mentioned above is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the processing manner may be one of the following:
  • the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: according to And the relationship between the original HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation
  • the network side device determines, according to the relationship between the original HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the processing mode 2 the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: Before determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH is valid, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, or Before determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH is valid, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation And determining, by the network side device, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook before determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH takes effect.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH or before determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining that the terminal increases in the HARQ-ACK codebook Or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the SPS is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • HARQ-ACK of PDSCH After the PDCCH is sent by the network side device, and the PDCCH indicates the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, the SPS is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal is on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH. Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the transmitted HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the terminal needs to be processed according to the above method 1 according to the new HARQ-ACK timing, and further processed according to the above method 1 according to the original HARQ-ACK timing;
  • the network side device also needs to be processed according to the above method 1 according to the new HARQ-ACK timing, and processed according to the above method 1 according to the original HARQ-ACK timing.
  • HARQ-ACK timing 2 is configured on the basis of the terminal HARQ-ACK timing 1, the terminal performs processing according to the above method 1 according to the HARQ-ACK timing 1, and performs processing according to the above method 1 according to the HARQ-ACK timing 2.
  • the processing mode 4 the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the PDCCH indicates the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH: before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or, before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, in the HARQ-ACK codebook Add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH;
  • HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the network side device determines the new HARQ-ACK timing to take effect according to the SPS PDSCH Original HARQ-ACK timing, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or, according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, Determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal determines whether to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to whether the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the network side device determines whether the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to whether the transmission destination of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of the downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • HARQ-ACK the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to whether the transmission destination of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of the downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the network side device also determines that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment of the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to one of the following manners:
  • the network side device determines according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set.
  • the pre-defined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ , and according to the maximum value 8 and the minimum value 1, the downlink transmission corresponding to slot n+8
  • the set is slot n (ie n+8-8) to slot n+7 (ie n+8-1).
  • the set may contain slots without downlink resources, it is judged whether or not the SPS opportunity is included.
  • the SPS opportunity can occur in a slot with downlink resources, and therefore does not affect the judgment result; for example, a slot range is determined according to the above manner, in which a slot that does not include a downlink transmission resource is removed; and, for example, a predefined or configured HARQ
  • the -ACK timing set is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 6 ⁇ .
  • the values in the set are not continuous, even if a range is determined according to it, it is necessary to further determine a specific location according to each HARQ-ACK timing within the range. For a location that is not corresponding to the HARQ-ACK timing, it is not counted in the downlink transmission set, or the specific location may be directly determined according to each HARQ-ACK timing, and the downlink transmission set corresponding to the slot n+8 is slot n+7. Slot n+6, slot n+5, slot n+2, further, you can also remove the pair There is no slot for downlink resources in the slot determined according to each HARQ-ACK timing.
  • Manner 2 The network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing indication in the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the multiple PDCCHs that perform HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook .
  • n+8 Determining corresponding to the slot according to the received maximum HARQ-ACK timing (assumed to be 8) and the minimum HARQ-ACK timing (assumed to be 4) indicated by the plurality of PDCCHs performing HARQ-ACK feedback in slot n+8
  • the downlink transmission set of n+8 is slot n (ie, n+8-8) to slot n+4 (ie, n+8-4).
  • the set may include a slot without downlink resources, it is determined whether Including the SPS opportunity, the SPS opportunity can appear in the slot with the downlink resource, and therefore, does not affect the judgment result; for example, the slot range is determined according to the above manner, and the slot that does not include the downlink transmission resource is removed therein; for example,
  • the pre-defined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 ⁇ , according to the received maximum of multiple PDCCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK feedback in slot n+8 HARQ-ACK timing (assumed to be 8) and minimum HARQ-ACK timing (assumed to be 4), then determine a HARQ-ACK timing value subset is ⁇ 4, 5, 6, 8 ⁇ , even according to the maximum and minimum
  • the value determines a range, and further needs to determine a specific location according to each HARQ-ACK timing within the range, The location corresponding to the HARQ-ACK timing is not counted in the downlink transmission set
  • Mode 3 The network side device determines according to a pre-defined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set.
  • the maximum (eg, 8) and minimum (eg, 1) in the predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and the maximum (eg, 3) and minimum (eg, 3) and minimum values in the predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set (eg, 0) determining that the downlink transmission set corresponding to slot n+8 is slot n-3 (ie, n+8-8-3) to slot n+7 (ie, n+8-1-0), although possible in the set
  • the slot containing no downlink resources is included, but since it is judged whether or not the SPS opportunity is included, the SPS opportunity can appear in the slot with the downlink resource, and therefore, does not affect the judgment result; for example, determining a slot range according to the above manner, The slot that does not include the downlink transmission resource is removed; for example, when the value in the HARQ-ACK timing set is not continuous and/or the value in the scheduling timing is not continuous, determining that a slot range includes Corresponding to the slot in the timing set,
  • Manner 4 The HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook is received by the network side device, And the plurality of PDCCH indications or corresponding downlink scheduling timing determinations.
  • the so-called correspondence that is, there may be no scheduling timing indication field in the PDCCH, and the scheduling timing is a pre-configured fixed value, which is a value corresponding to the PDCCH.
  • the scheduling signaling is detected in slot n+4, and the scheduling timing indicated by the PDCCH in slot n+4 is 0), and the downlink transmission set corresponding to slot n+8 is determined to be slot n-3 (ie, n+8- 8-3) to slot n+4 (ie, n+8-4-0); and, for example, determine a slot range according to the above manner, in which the slot that does not include the downlink transmission resource is removed; for example, when HARQ-ACK timing If the
  • the processing manner may be one of the following:
  • the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: according to the original SPS PDSCH Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; and the relationship between the transmission opportunity and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time at which the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted;
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: then the network And determining, by the side device, that the terminal adds or removes the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to a relationship between a transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • HARQ-ACK and
  • the processing mode 2 the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook Before determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH is effective, according to a relationship between a transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, in the HARQ-ACK codebook Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, or determining a downlink transmission set corresponding to the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook before determining that the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is effective a relationship between adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: Determining, by the network side device, a relationship between a transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, before determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH takes effect.
  • Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or, before determining that the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is effective, according to the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook Determining, by the terminal, a relationship between sets of downlink transmissions, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • ACK after determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH is valid, determining that the terminal is in accordance with a relationship between a transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time at which the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the downlink transmission mentioned in the foregoing embodiment of the present application is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the downlink transmission here is a transmission through the PDSCH or a transmission indicating downlink SPS resource release through the PDCCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH;
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH. Specifically, when the terminal receives a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource activation, the terminal is in an active state in a subsequent SPS transmission opportunity determined according to the PDCCH, where the subsequent SPS transmission opportunity does not include the first PDSCH transmission corresponding to the PDCCH.
  • the PDCCH is transmitted in the slot n, and the scheduling timing is k, then one PDSCH transmission in the slot n+k may be scheduled, and the slot n+k is not included in the subsequent SPS transmission opportunity determined according to the PDCCH, and the subsequent SPS transmission opportunity is A slot in which N slots are spaced from slot n+k starts, a slot of each N slot, or when the terminal receives a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource activation, it is determined that the SPS PDSCH of the terminal is in an activated state.
  • Method 3 If the terminal is configured with SPS transmission, the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • HARQ-ACK the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal when the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal may be added at a predetermined location, and the following are listed:
  • the terminal adds or removes an HARQ-ACK of the X-bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the X-bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • X is the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH, and X is a positive integer.
  • the preset location may be located in front of or behind the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the Y*X bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook, or adds or removes HARQ-ACK of bit SPS PDSCH;
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the Y*X bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook, or adds or removes HARQ-ACK of bit SPS PDSCH.
  • X is the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH, and X is a value greater than or equal to 1;
  • X i is the number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH of the Y SPS PDSCHs;
  • Y is the HARQ-ACK and HARQ-ACK codebook of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH in the carrier or cell or the BWP (Band Width Part) of the terminal in the SPS active state at the same time.
  • Y is the number of transmission opportunities of the SPS PDSCH included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted in the carrier or the cell or the BWP in the SPS active state of the terminal or transmits the HARQ-ACK The number of carriers or cells or BWPs of the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time of the codebook; or
  • Y is the number of carriers or cells or BWPs that the SPS transmits for the terminal, and Y is a positive integer.
  • the preset location may be located in front of or behind the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a terminal in the embodiment of the present application includes: a processor 200, a memory 201, and a transceiver 202.
  • the processor 200 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 201 can store data used by the processor 200 when performing operations.
  • the transceiver 202 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 200.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 200 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 201.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the processor 200 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 201 can store data used by the processor 200 when performing operations.
  • the flow disclosed in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to the processor 200 or implemented by the processor 200.
  • each step of the signal processing flow may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 200 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the processor 200 can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or a transistor logic device, and a discrete hardware component, which can be implemented or executed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 201, and the processor 200 reads the information in the memory 201 and completes the steps of the signal processing flow in conjunction with its hardware.
  • the processor 200 is configured to read a program in the memory 201 and perform the following processes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH is a PDSCH that does not correspond to a PDCCH.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is the SPS HARQ-ACK timing of PDSCH; or
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k; wherein k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • Receiving a PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: the original HARQ according to the SPS PDSCH - ACK feedback location and HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the relationship between the new HARQ-ACK feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the SPS PDSCH Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: determining the SPS PDSCH Before the new feedback position takes effect, according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or the SPS PDSCH is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the new according to the SPS PDSCH a relationship between the feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; after determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the new feedback location of the SPS PDSCH Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook in association with the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • Whether to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to whether the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted is determined by the processor according to one of the following manners:
  • Mode 1 determined according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set
  • Method 3 determining according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set;
  • the HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the plurality of The maximum and minimum values of the PDCCH indication or the corresponding downlink scheduling timing are determined.
  • the downlink transmission is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the HARQ-ACK Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the ACK codebook and the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, in the HARQ-ACK Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the codebook; after determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH
  • the relationship between the set of downlink transmission for transmitting the HARQ-ACK of the codebook corresponding to the time add or remove the SPS PDSCH HARQ-ACK in the HARQ-ACK in the codebook.
  • processor 200 is further configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor 200 is specifically configured to:
  • a network side device in this embodiment of the present application includes: a processor 300, a memory 301, and a transceiver 302.
  • the processor 300 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 301 can store data used by the processor 300 when performing operations.
  • the transceiver 302 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 300.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 300 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 301.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the processor 300 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 301 can store data used by the processor 300 when performing operations.
  • the flow disclosed in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to the processor 300 or implemented by the processor 300.
  • the steps of the signal processing flow may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 300 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the processor 300 can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or a transistor logic device, and a discrete hardware component, which can be implemented or executed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 301, and the processor 300 reads the information in the memory 301 and completes the steps of the signal processing flow in conjunction with its hardware.
  • the processor 300 is configured to read a program in the memory 301 and perform the following processes:
  • the terminal Determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH; and receives the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH is a PDSCH that does not correspond to a PDCCH.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is the time at which the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, it is determined that the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is Said HARQ-ACK timing of SPS PDSCH; or
  • the terminal When the transmission timing of the SPS PDSCH is n, it is determined that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times, it is determined that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is not the time at which the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, it is determined that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the terminal When the transmission time of the SPS PDSCH is n, it is determined that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: then according to the SPS PDSCH
  • the relationship between the original HARQ-ACK feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location and HARQ- according to the SPS PDSCH is transmitted, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: then according to the SPS PDSCH
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or Before the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH takes effect, determining, according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and according to The relationship between the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining that the terminal adds
  • the terminal adds or removes the SPS in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH is determined; and the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the PDCCH indicates the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH: before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, determining, according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal is in the Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or determining that the terminal increases in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective Or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, and determining, according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective Then, according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, it
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • Whether or not the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH is determined according to whether the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted is determined by the processor according to one of the following manners:
  • Mode 1 determined according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set
  • Method 3 determining according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set;
  • the HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the plurality of The maximum and minimum values of the PDCCH indication or the corresponding downlink scheduling timing are determined.
  • the downlink transmission is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the device transmits according to the original SPS PDSCH And determining, by the terminal, a relationship between the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment of the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining, by the terminal, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and according to the new SPS PDSCH And determining, by the transmission opportunity, a relationship between the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining, by the terminal, that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: then determining the new SPS PDSCH Before the transmission opportunity takes effect, determining, according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, or the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, before determining that the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is effective Determining that the terminal adds or removes a HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and a set of downlink transmissions
  • the relationship between the terminal is determined to add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; and the transmission of the new SPS PDSCH is determined. After the entry takes effect, determining, according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, determining that the terminal adds or removes the SPS in the HARQ-ACK codebook HARQ-ACK of PDSCH.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal After determining that the SPS PDSCH of the terminal is in an active state, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal configures the SPS transmission, it is determined that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the processor 300 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal adds or removes an HARQ-ACK of the X-bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook; where X is a number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH, and X is a positive integer; or
  • Determining that the terminal increases or removes the HARQ-ACK of the Y*X bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook, or adds or removes Bit SPS PDSCH of HARQ-ACK, where, X is the number of bits HARQ-ACK an SPS PDSCH corresponding to, and X is greater than or equal to 1, X I is of Y SPS PDSCH one SPS PDSCH corresponding HARQ The number of ACK bits, Y is the HARQ-ACK and the HARQ-ACK codebook of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH in the carrier or cell or the BWP of the terminal in the SPS active state.
  • the number of SPS PDSCHs or the number of carriers or cells or BWPs transmitted by the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH, or Y is the terminal
  • the number of transmission opportunities of the SPS PDSCH included in the downlink transmission set corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted in the SPS active state or the cell or the BWP, or the downlink corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted The number of carriers or cells or BWPs of the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH included in the transmitted set, or Y is the number of carriers or cells or BWPs in which the terminal is configured with SPS transmission, and Y is a positive integer.
  • a terminal in this embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first processing module 400 is configured to add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH;
  • the first transmission module 401 is configured to transmit the processed HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH is a PDSCH that does not correspond to a PDCCH.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is the SPS HARQ-ACK timing of PDSCH; or
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k; wherein k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • Receiving a PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: the original HARQ according to the SPS PDSCH - ACK feedback location and HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the relationship between the new HARQ-ACK feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the SPS PDSCH Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: determining the SPS PDSCH Before the new feedback position takes effect, according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or the SPS PDSCH is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the new according to the SPS PDSCH a relationship between the feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; after determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the new feedback location of the SPS PDSCH Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook in association with the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • Whether to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to whether the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted is determined by the processor according to one of the following manners:
  • Mode 1 determined according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set
  • Method 3 determining according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set;
  • the HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the plurality of The maximum and minimum values of the PDCCH indication or the corresponding downlink scheduling timing are determined.
  • the downlink transmission is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the HARQ-ACK Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the ACK codebook and the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, in the HARQ-ACK Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the codebook; after determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook in relation to the relationship between the sets of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time at which the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the first processing module 400 is further configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first processing module 400 is specifically configured to:
  • a network side device in this embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the second processing module 500 is configured to determine that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH;
  • the second transmission module 501 is configured to receive the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH is a PDSCH that does not correspond to a PDCCH.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is the time at which the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, it is determined that the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is Said HARQ-ACK timing of SPS PDSCH; or
  • the terminal When the transmission timing of the SPS PDSCH is n, it is determined that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times, it is determined that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is not the time at which the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, it is determined that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the terminal When the transmission time of the SPS PDSCH is n, it is determined that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: then according to the SPS PDSCH
  • the relationship between the original HARQ-ACK feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location and HARQ- according to the SPS PDSCH is transmitted, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: then according to the SPS PDSCH
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or Before the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH takes effect, determining, according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and according to The relationship between the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining that the terminal adds
  • the terminal adds or removes the SPS in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH is determined; and the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the PDCCH indicates the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH: before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, determining, according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal is in the Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or determining that the terminal increases in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective Or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, and determining, according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective Then, according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, it
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • Whether or not the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH is determined according to whether the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, it is determined that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted is determined by the processor according to one of the following manners:
  • Mode 1 determined according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set
  • Method 3 determining according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set;
  • the HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the plurality of The maximum and minimum values of the PDCCH indication or the corresponding downlink scheduling timing are determined.
  • the downlink transmission is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the device transmits according to the original SPS PDSCH And determining, by the terminal, a relationship between the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment of the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining, by the terminal, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and according to the new SPS PDSCH And determining, by the transmission opportunity, a relationship between the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining, by the terminal, that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: then determining the new SPS PDSCH Before the transmission opportunity takes effect, determining, according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, or the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, before determining that the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is effective Determining that the terminal adds or removes a HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and a set of downlink transmissions
  • the relationship between the terminal is determined to add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; and the transmission of the new SPS PDSCH is determined. After the entry takes effect, determining, according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, determining that the terminal adds or removes the SPS in the HARQ-ACK codebook HARQ-ACK of PDSCH.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal After determining that the SPS PDSCH of the terminal is in an active state, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal configures the SPS transmission, it is determined that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the second processing module 500 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal adds or removes an HARQ-ACK of the X-bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook; where X is a number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH, and X is a positive integer; or
  • Determining that the terminal increases or removes the HARQ-ACK of the Y*X bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook, or adds or removes Bit SPS PDSCH of HARQ-ACK, where, X is the number of bits HARQ-ACK an SPS PDSCH corresponding to, and X is greater than or equal to 1, X I is of Y SPS PDSCH one SPS PDSCH corresponding HARQ The number of ACK bits, Y is the HARQ-ACK and the HARQ-ACK codebook of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH in the carrier or cell or the BWP of the terminal in the SPS active state.
  • the number of SPS PDSCHs or the number of carriers or cells or BWPs transmitted by the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH, or Y is the terminal
  • the number of transmission opportunities of the SPS PDSCH included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted in the SPS active state or the cell or the BWP, or the downlink corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted The number of carriers or cells or BWPs of the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH included in the transmitted set, or Y is the number of carriers or cells or BWPs in which the terminal is configured with SPS transmission, and Y is a positive integer.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, which is a non-volatile storage medium, which is a non-volatile readable storage medium, including program code, when the program code
  • the program code is for causing the computing device to perform an action of the hybrid terminal to perform automatic hybrid retransmission request feedback when the computing device is running.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a readable storage medium, which is a non-volatile storage medium, which is a non-volatile readable storage medium, including program code, when the program code When running on the computing device, the program code is configured to cause the computing device to perform the action of the hybrid side retransmission request feedback by the network side device.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when executed on a computer, causing a computer to perform an action of the hybrid terminal to perform a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, when executed on a computer, causing a computer to perform the action of the network side device performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback.
  • the PDCCH released by the resource may perform HARQ-ACK feedback in slot n+k, where k ⁇ ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • Opportunity, only the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook in slot n+8.
  • the manner similar to slot n+8 can also determine the corresponding HARQ-ACK codebook that needs to be transmitted in the slot, at this time due to the SPS PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH may not be added to the corresponding HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the foregoing operation may also be performed only for the newly indicated HARQ-ACK timing, which is equal to assuming that the UE does not lose the PDCCH, or the base station performs blind detection on the HARQ-ACK codebook size to determine whether the UE loses the PDCCH.
  • the maximum (eg, 8) and minimum (eg, 1) in the predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and the maximum (eg, 3) and minimum (eg, 3) and minimum values in the predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set (eg, 0) determining that the downlink transmission set corresponding to slot n+8 is slot n-3 (ie, n+8-8-3) to slot n+7 (ie, n+8-1-0); or
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to each HARQ-ACK codebook regardless of whether the SPS is activated, that is, whether the terminal receives the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS PDSCH activation;
  • the terminal needs to transmit the corresponding HARQ-ACK codebook in slot n+7 and slot n+8, it is necessary to add the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH to each HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH can be scheduled in the transmission process by using the PDCCH or C-RNTI scrambled PDCCH corresponding to the RNTI corresponding to the SPS service, for example, scheduling SPS PDSCH retransmission, or changing the transmission resource of the SPS PDSCH, or because there is dynamic
  • the DL-SCH needs to occupy the resource transmission of the SPS.
  • the dynamic PDSCH can be simultaneously transmitted by the C-RNTI to carry the dynamic DL-SCH and the SPS data.
  • the PDCCH can change the transmission position of the original SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK timing, if the PDCCH When the packet is dropped on the terminal side, the terminal cannot determine the transmission location and/or HARQ-ACK timing of the updated SPS PDSCH.
  • the terminal and the base station may have inconsistent understanding of whether to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, resulting in HARQ-ACK erroneous transmission. Therefore, the above-mentioned placeholder transmission can avoid such an error.
  • HARQ-ACK when the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is increased, for example, in the present embodiment, if only one SPS PDSCH exists on CC1 on multiple CCs, and the SPS PDSCH uses a single TB transmission, only one bit of the SPS PDSCH is added.
  • HARQ-ACK may be an increase of 1 bit in front of or behind a determined 6-bit HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • each CC may be determined in the above manner, and the transmission slots and transmission intervals of the SPS PDSCHs on different CCs and the HARQ-ACK timing may be the same or different.
  • each SPS PDSCH needs to independently determine whether it is necessary to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the PDCCH released by the resource may perform HARQ-ACK feedback in slot n+k, where k ⁇ ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ ; assuming that the set of scheduling timing is ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , that is, the PDCCH transmitted in slot n can schedule PDSCH in slot n+m, where m ⁇ ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ .
  • the slot n+7 in the slot is an SPS PDSCH transmission opportunity, and it is determined that the first HARQ-ACK codebook in the slot n+1 does not require additional processing and direct feedback.
  • a set of length 10 can also be determined in a manner similar to slot n+1.
  • the slot n+6 in the previous radio frame is not the SPS PDSCH transmission opportunity
  • the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is transmitted in the slot, so that the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS PDSCH of one bit can be removed on the basis of the determined first
  • FIG. 7 assumes that only one PDCCH monitoring occasion exists in one slot.
  • the PDCCH monitoring occasion may schedule one PDSCH transmission.
  • there may be multiple PDCCH monitoring occasions in one slot and one PDCCH monitoring occasion may schedule multiple PDSCH transmissions, and the size of the corresponding codebook may be changed accordingly.
  • the PDCCH schedules an SPS PDSCH for retransmission. Regardless of whether the PDSCH transmission scheduled by the PDCCH is transmitted in the transmission position of the SPS PDSCH, according to the above rule, for Method 1, based on the corresponding HARQ-ACK timing in the PDCCH indicating SPS PDSCH activation and the determined good The transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is used to determine whether the SPS HARQ-ACK needs to be added/reduced to the first HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • whether the SPS-based transmission opportunity is included in the downlink transmission set to determine whether the first HARQ is needed - ACK codebook increases/decreases SPS HARQ-ACK; this is because if the PDCCH scheduling UE scheduling the retransmission is retransmitted at a time other than the above SPS PDSCH transmission opportunity, the UE needs to be in whether or not the UE receives the PDCCH.
  • the SPS PDSCH is received in the determined transmission opportunity of the SPS, and therefore, it is necessary to determine whether it is necessary to add an SPS HARQ-ACK to the first HARQ-ACK codebook for the original SPS PDSCH,
  • the UE will receive the retransmitted SPS PDSCH according to the scheduling of the PDCCH in the transmission opportunity (retransmitted SPS PDSCH).
  • the information such as the frequency domain resource/MCS may be different from the frequency domain resource/MCS indicated by the PDCCH that activates the SPS PDSCH, and the original SPS PDSCH may not be received according to the original SPS frequency domain resource/MCS (because the UE is in one
  • the time may be that only one PDSCH can be received and decoded on the same carrier/BWP/cell.
  • the configuration parameters such as the MCS receive the original SPS PDSCH, in order to prevent the UE from determining whether to increase/decrease the SPS HARQ-ACK for the first HARQ-ACK codebook when the PDCCH is received, thereby causing the base station and the terminal to understand the size of the codebook.
  • whether or not the PDCCH of the scheduled retransmission is received always determine whether the first HARQ-ACK codebook needs to be added according to Method 1 or Method 2 or Method 3 above for the original SPS PDSCH. Less SPS HARQ-ACK;
  • a PDCCH scrambled using C-RNTI is received, and the PDCCH schedules one PDSCH transmission to be transmitted in the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH, although the original SPS PDSCH data may be packetized in the C-RNTI scrambled PDCCH.
  • the SPSCH is transmitted in the PDSCH, so that there is no SPS PDSCH transmission on the original SPS PDSCH resource, but if the UE loses the C-RNTI scrambled PDCCH, the UE still needs to receive the SPS PDSCH on the original SPS PDSCH resource, in order to avoid whether the UE is
  • the PDCCH it is determined whether the result of adding/decreasing the SPS HARQ-ACK to the first HARQ-ACK codebook is different, so that the understanding of the codebook size by the base station and the terminal is inconsistent, whether or not the C-RNTI scrambled PDCCH is received, Always, for the original SPS PDSCH, according to Method 1 or Method 2 or Method 3 above, it is determined whether the SPS HARQ-ACK needs to be added/reduced to the first HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a method for performing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback on the terminal side is provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device corresponding to the method is a terminal in the system for channel estimation in the embodiment of the present application, and the method is The principle of the problem is similar to that of the device, so the implementation of the method can be referred to the implementation of the system, and the repeated description will not be repeated.
  • the method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback on the terminal side of the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 800 The terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • Step 801 The terminal transmits the processed HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH is a PDSCH that does not correspond to a PDCCH.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, including:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is transmitted at the same time as the HARQ-ACK codebook .
  • the terminal adds the SPS PDSCH to the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at the same time according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • HARQ-ACK including:
  • the terminal When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is the time at which the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, the terminal adds a HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein k is HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the terminal When the transmission time of the SPS PDSCH is n, the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k; where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, including:
  • the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH. .
  • the terminal when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times, the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH Remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, including:
  • the terminal When the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted at time n, and the time nk is not the time at which the terminal receives the SPS PDSCH, the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; , k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the terminal When the transmission time of the SPS PDSCH is n, the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k; wherein k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: according to the SPS PDSCH
  • the relationship between the original HARQ-ACK feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location and HARQ-ACK according to the SPS PDSCH The relationship of the codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added or removed in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and according to the SPS The relationship between the new feedback position of the PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation:
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and after the PDCCH indicates the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • HARQ-ACK and according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the PDCCH indicates the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH: before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH.
  • Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook or adding or being added to the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective Removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, and adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; after determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is valid, according to The new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the terminal determines whether to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to whether the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the terminal determines whether to increase the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to whether the transmission transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is included in the downlink transmission set corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted is determined by the terminal according to one of the following manners:
  • Method 1 The terminal determines according to a pre-defined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set
  • Manner 2 The terminal determines, according to the received HARQ-ACK timing indication in the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the multiple PDCCHs that perform HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • Manner 3 The terminal determines, according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set;
  • Manner 4 The HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the terminal The maximum and minimum values of the plurality of PDCCH indications or corresponding downlink scheduling timings are determined.
  • the downlink transmission is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: according to the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH Transmitting a relationship between a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time at which the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, adding or removing a HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and transmitting and transmitting according to the new SPS PDSCH Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the sets of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moments of the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal receives the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: determining the new SPS PDSCH Before the transmission opportunity takes effect, the SPS PDSCH is added or removed from the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted.
  • HARQ-ACK or before determining that the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the relationship between the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook, Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; after determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH is valid, according to the new SPS PDSCH
  • the relationship between the set of downlink transmission timing of the transmission opportunities and transmission HARQ-ACK corresponding codebook add or remove the SPS PDSCH HARQ-ACK in the HARQ-ACK in the codebook.
  • the terminal before the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal determines that the SPS PDSCH is in an active state.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, including:
  • the terminal adds or removes an HARQ-ACK of an X-bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook; where X is a number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH, and X is a positive integer; or
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the Y*X bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook, or adds or removes Bit SPS PDSCH of HARQ-ACK, where, X is the number of bits HARQ-ACK an SPS PDSCH corresponding to, and X is greater than or equal to 1, X I is of Y SPS PDSCH one SPS PDSCH corresponding HARQ - the number of ACK bits, Y is the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH in the carrier or cell or bandwidth part BWP of the terminal at the same time and the HARQ-ACK codebook at the same time The number of transmitted SPS PDSCHs or the number of carriers or cells or BWPs transmitted by the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS
  • a method for performing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback by a network side device is also provided in the embodiment of the present application, where the device corresponding to the method is a network side device in a system for channel estimation in the embodiment of the present application, and The principle of the method for solving the problem is similar to that of the device. Therefore, the implementation of the method can be referred to the implementation of the system, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback by the network side device in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 900 The network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • Step 901 The network side device receives the HARQ-ACK codebook sent by the terminal according to the determined result.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is a semi-static codebook or a dynamic codebook.
  • the SPS PDSCH is a PDSCH that does not correspond to a PDCCH.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, including:
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that when the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is transmitted at the same time as the HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal determines that the terminal adds the SPS PDSCH to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • HARQ-ACK the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal is in the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at the same time.
  • Add HARQ-ACK for SPS PDSCH including:
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; Where k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH; or
  • the network side device determines that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the transmission time n+k; wherein k is the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH Timing.
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, including:
  • the network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal is in the HARQ-ACK codebook when determining that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook are transmitted at different times.
  • Remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH including:
  • the network side device determines that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • k is the HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the network side device determines that the terminal removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted in the non-transmission time n+k; wherein k is the HARQ of the SPS PDSCH ACK timing.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback position of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback position of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: Determining, by the network side device, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the original HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, and according to the SPS PDSCH The relationship between the new HARQ-ACK feedback location and the HARQ-ACK codebook, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; or
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the new HARQ-ACK feedback location of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the HARQ-ACK feedback location of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS activation: And determining, by the network side device, that the terminal adds or removes the SPS in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook before determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH takes effect.
  • the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH or before determining that the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH is valid, determining, according to the relationship between the original feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, that the terminal increases in the HARQ-ACK codebook or Deleting the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, and determining, according to the relationship between the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the terminal is determined to be in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the relationship between the new feedback position of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook. Add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the network side device determines that the terminal transmits on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH. Add or remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; and determine whether the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or PUSCH according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH. ;
  • the network side device determines the new HARQ-ACK timing to take effect according to the original SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ-ACK timing determines whether the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or determines the original HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH before determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective.
  • the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and determines, according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook; After determining that the new HARQ-ACK timing is effective, according to the new HARQ-ACK timing of the SPS PDSCH, it is determined that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the network side device determines that the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH is added to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the network side device determines whether the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH increases the HARQ of the SPS PDSCH according to whether the transmission destination of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of the downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted. -ACK.
  • the network side device determines whether the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH according to whether the transmission destination of the SPS PDSCH is included in the set of the downlink transmission corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted. Remove the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH, including:
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds the HARQ of the SPS PDSCH to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH. ACK.
  • the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the moment when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted is determined by the network side device according to one of the following manners:
  • Method 1 the network side device determines according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set
  • Manner 2 The network side device determines, according to the HARQ-ACK timing indication in the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the multiple PDCCHs that perform HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook ;
  • Manner 3 The network side device determines, according to a predefined or configured HARQ-ACK timing set, and a predefined or configured downlink scheduling timing set;
  • Manner 4 The HARQ-ACK timing indicated by the HARQ-ACK timing indication field in the DCI used by the plurality of PDCCHs for performing HARQ-ACK feedback at the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook is received by the network side device, And determining, by the plurality of PDCCHs or the corresponding maximum and minimum values of the downlink scheduling timing.
  • the downlink transmission is a PDSCH or a PDCCH indicating downlink SPS resource release.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the subsequent SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: then the network side device is configured according to The relationship between the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, determining that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook And determining, according to a relationship between a transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH and a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time at which the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, determining, by the terminal, adding or removing the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook HARQ-ACK;
  • the network side device sends the PDCCH, and the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH is different from the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH determined according to the PDCCH indicating the downlink SPS resource activation: then the network Determining, by the side device, a relationship between a transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and a set of downlink transmissions corresponding to a time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted, before determining that the transmission opportunity of the new SPS PDSCH takes effect Adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook, or according to the transmission opportunity of the original SPS PDSCH and the time of transmitting the HARQ-ACK codebook before determining that the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH is effective Determining, by the terminal, a relationship between the set of downlink transmissions, adding or removing the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK code
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, the network side device further includes:
  • the network side device determines that the SPS PDSCH of the terminal is in an active state.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the network side device determines that the terminal increases the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted on the PUCCH or the PUSCH.
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH in the HARQ-ACK codebook transmitted by the terminal on the PUCCH or the PUSCH, including:
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes an HARQ-ACK of an X-bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook; where X is a number of HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to one SPS PDSCH, and X is positive Integer; or
  • the network side device determines that the terminal adds or removes a HARQ-ACK of the Y*X bit SPS PDSCH at a predetermined position of the HARQ-ACK codebook, or adds or removes Bit SPS PDSCH of HARQ-ACK, where, X is the number of bits HARQ-ACK an SPS PDSCH corresponding to, and X is greater than or equal to 1, X I is of Y SPS PDSCH one SPS PDSCH corresponding HARQ The number of ACK bits, Y is the HARQ-ACK and the HARQ-ACK codebook of the SPS PDSCH determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH in the carrier or cell or the BWP of the terminal in the SPS active state.
  • the number of SPS PDSCHs or the number of carriers or cells or BWPs transmitted by the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook determined according to the HARQ-ACK timing of the corresponding SPS PDSCH, or Y is the terminal
  • the number of transmission opportunities of the SPS PDSCH included in the set of downlink transmissions corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted in the SPS active state or the cell or the BWP, or the downlink corresponding to the time when the HARQ-ACK codebook is transmitted The number of carriers or cells or BWPs of the transmission opportunity of the SPS PDSCH included in the transmitted set, or Y is the number of carriers or cells or BWPs in which the terminal is configured with SPS transmission, and Y is a positive integer.
  • embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product.
  • the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware.
  • the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例涉及一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端，用以解决现有技术中存在的如何进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈还没有明确方案的问题。本申请实施例终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，并传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。由于终端能够在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，从而给出一种进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈的方案，提高了系统性能。

Description

一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端
本申请要求在2018年2月8日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810129186.9、发明名称为“一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域，特别涉及一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端。
背景技术
在LTE(Long Term Evolution，长期演进)系统中，仅支持半静态的(semi-static)HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest，混合自动重传请求)-ACK(ACKnowledge，应答指令)时序(timing)，一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK反馈与该下行传输之间的定时关系(即HARQ-ACK timing)是预先定义好的；例如对于FDD(Frequency division duplex，频分双工)载波，在子帧n中反馈子帧n-4中的下行传输的HARQ-ACK，对于TDD载波，则针对不同的TDD(Time division duplex，时分双工)上下行配置，一个上行子帧n对应反馈一个下行子帧集合n-k中的下行传输的HARQ-ACK，其中，k∈K，K为针对不同的TDD上下行配置以及每个TDD上下行配置中的不同上行子帧预先定义的下行索引值。
在5G NR(New Radio，新空口)系统中，支持semi-static和动态的(dynamic)两种HARQ-ACK timing，即一个下行传输的HARQ-ACK反馈与该下行传输之间的定时关系(即HARQ-ACK timing)可以是预先定义或信令预先配置的值，也可是PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control CHannel，物理下行控制信道)所使用的DCI(Downlink Control Information，下行控制信息)中通知的，具体的，可以在预配置的多个候选值之间通过DCI的指示而动态改变，因此称为dynamic HARQ-ACK timing。5G NR中支持跨slot(时隙)调度，即在slot n中传输的一个PDCCH可以调度slot n中的PDSCH传输，也可以调度slotn+k中的PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，物理下行链路共享信道)传输，其中k大于0。因此，一个调度PDSCH的PDCCH所使用的DCI中可能包含两个指示域，一个用于指示该PDCCH所调度的PDSCH所在的时域位置，一个用于指示该PDCCH所调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
在5G NR系统中，同样支持SPS(Semi-Persistent Scheduling，半持续调度)PDSCH传输以及具有对应的PDCCH的PDSCH(即dynamic PDCSH)传输。当配置了SPS PDSCH业务时，高层信令会相应的配置SPS对应的RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identifier，无 线网络临时标识符)，用于加扰针对SPS PDSCH的PDCCH，高层信令还会相应的配置SPS PDSCH的传输间隔。
PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing可以PDSCH所对应的PDCCH中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的，可以为3比特指示域指示高层信令预先配置的8个候选HARQ-ACK timing中的一个，该HARQ-ACK timing对于每个PDSCH传输可以动态改变，因此称为dynamic HARQ-ACK timing。在dynamic HARQ-ACK timing下，可以有semi-static和dynamic两种HARQ-ACK码本(codebook)产生方法，所谓HARQ-ACK codebook即针对在同一个时域位置进行HARQ-ACK反馈的下行传输产生的HARQ-ACK反馈序列。
但是目前如何进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈还没有明确方案。
发明内容
本申请提供一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端，用以解决现有技术中存在的如何进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈还没有明确方案的问题。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供的一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法，该方法包括：
终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
所述终端传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供的一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法，该方法包括：
网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
所述网络侧设备根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供的一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的终端，该终端包括：处理器和存储器；
其中，处理器，用于读取存储器中的程序并执行下列过程：
在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供的一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的网络侧设备，该网络侧设备包括：处理器和存储器；
其中，处理器，用于读取存储器中的程序并执行下列过程：
确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供的一种计算机存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程 序被处理器执行时实现上述第一方面任一的方案。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供的一种计算机存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时实现上述第二方面任一的方案。
本申请实施例终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，并传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook；而网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。由于终端能够在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，从而给出一种进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈的方案，提高了系统性能。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简要介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1A为本申请提供的5G架构示意图；
图1B为本申请提供的一种可能的网络架构示意图；
图1C为本申请实施例一种HARQ-ACK codebook生成示意图；
图1D为本申请实施例另一种HARQ-ACK codebook生成示意图；
图2为本申请实施例一种终端的结构示意图；
图3为本申请实施例一种网络侧设备的结构示意图；
图4为本申请实施例一种终端的结构示意图；
图5为本申请实施例一种网络侧设备的结构示意图；
图6为本申请实施例6个PDSCH进行反馈的示意图；
图7为本申请实施例根据集合进行反馈的示意图；
图8为本申请实施例终端侧进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法流程示意图；
图9为本申请实施例网络侧设备进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法流程示意图。
具体实施方式
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
(1)本申请实施例中，名词“网络”和“系统”经常交替使用，但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。
(2)本申请实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上，其它量词与之类似。
(3)“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部份实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
如图1A所示，为5G架构示意图。该架构包括用户设备(user equipment，UE，即终端)，(无线)接入网((radio)Access Network，(R)AN)设备，用户面功能(User Plane Function，UPF)网元，数据网络(Data Network，DN)，接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元，安全锚点功能(security anchor function，SEAF)网元，会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元，策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元，认证服务功能(authentication server function，AUSF)网元，统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)网元，以及认证凭证存储和处理功能(authentication credential repository and processing function，ARPF)网元。其中，SEAF网元与AMF网元可以合一部署，例如SEAF可以是AMF网元所具有的一项功能；或者，SEAF网元可以与AMF网元分开部署。为便于描述，图1A中表示为SEAF/AMF网元。ARPF网元与UDM网元可以合一部署，例如ARPF可以是UDM网元所具有的一项功能；或者，ARPF网元可以与UDM网元分开部署。为便于描述，图1A中表示为ARPF/UDM网元。
其中，UE与SEAF/AMF网元之间通过N1接口通信；(R)AN设备与SEAF/AMF网元之间通过N2接口通信；RAN设备与UPF网元之间通过N3接口通信；UPF网元与SMF网元之间通过N4接口通信；UPF网元与DN之间通过N6接口通信；SMF网元与PCF网元之间通过N7接口通信；SEAF/AMF网元与ARPF/UDM网元之间通过N8接口通信；不同的UPF网元之间通过N9接口通信；SMF网元与ARPF/UDM网元之间通过N10接口通信；SEAF/AMF网元与SMF网元之间通过N11接口通信；SEAF/AMF网元与AUSF网元之间通过N12接口通信；AUSF网元与ARPF/UDM网元之间通过N13接口通信；不同的SEAF/AMF网元之间通过N14接口通信；SEAF/AMF网元与PCF网元之间通过N15接口通信。
UE可以是手机、平板等设备。
(R)AN设备例如包括基站等。
UPF网元主要负责会话和承载管理、互联网协议(internet protocol，IP)地址分配等功能。
PCF网元主要负责为网络提供策略。
AMF网元主要负责移动网络中的移动性管理，如用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换等。
SEAF网元主要负责认证过程中处理认证向量等功能的实体。
SMF网元主要负责建立会话、修改会话或释放会话。
AUSF网元主要负责鉴权服务器功能实体。
UDM网元主要负责管理签约数据，当签约数据修改的时候，负责通知相应的网元。
ARPF网元主要负责存储UE的长期安全凭证。作为一种可能的设计，ARPF网元可以是UDM网元中负责安全功能的部分。
DN为外部数据网络。
如图1B所示，为本申请适用的一种可能的网络架构示意图。该网络架构包括网络侧设备和终端。其中，网络侧设备为终端当前接入的网络侧设备。
本申请中，终端，是一种具有无线通信功能的设备，可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等；还可以是各种形式的UE，移动台(mobile station，MS)，终端设备(terminal device)。图1A中的UE为本申请的终端的一种具体示例。
网络侧设备可以是基站，是一种为终端提供无线通信功能的设备，包括但不限于：5G中的gNB、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved nodeB，或home node B，HNB)、基带单元(BaseBand Unit，BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、移动交换中心等。本申请中的基站还可以是未来可能出现的其他通信系统中为终端提供无线通信功能的设备。
本申请中，作为示例，网络侧设备可以是图1A中的RAN设备，终端可以是图1A中的UE。
图1B中，终端10，用于在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
网络侧设备20，用于确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook 中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
本申请实施例终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，并传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook；而网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。由于终端能够在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，从而给出一种进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈的方案，提高了系统性能。
其中，本申请实施例的HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static(半静态的)codebook或dynamic(动态)codebook。
PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing可以由PDSCH所对应的PDCCH中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示，可以为3比特指示域指示高层信令预先配置的8个候选HARQ-ACK timing中的一个，该HARQ-ACK timing对于每个PDSCH传输可以动态改变，因此称为dynamic HARQ-ACK timing。在dynamic HARQ-ACK timing下，可以有semi-static和dynamic两种HARQ-ACK码本(codebook)产生方法，所谓HARQ-ACK codebook即针对在同一个时域位置进行HARQ-ACK反馈的下行传输产生的HARQ-ACK反馈序列。
Semi-static codebook可以根据HARQ-ACK timing、PDCCH和PDSCH之间的调度timing、PDCCH monitoring occasion的配置信息等确定一个PDCCH接收集合M，根据M确定HARQ_ACK codebook大小。例如，预先配置的8个HARQ-ACK timing的候选集合为{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}，表示一个PDSCH结束位置开始之后的多少个slot为传输其HARQ-ACK的slot，则按照该集合可以确定最多8个下行传输slot(因为确定的8个slot位置可能有些不是下行slot或者有些即使是下行slot但没有对应的PDCCH monitoring occasion，也无法被调度)对应同一个上行位置进行HARQ-ACK反馈，按照下行传输的调度时间，例如本slot调度，则对应确定8个可能的PDCCH传输位置，如果这些位置中存在并未被配置为PDCCH检测位置(monitoring occasion)的位置，则在codebook中去掉这些位置，只考虑这8个位置中实际是PDCCH monitoring occasion的位置，因为只有在实际配置了PDCCH monitoring occasion的位置才能发送PDCCH，从而调度相应位置的PDSCH传输。例如实际存在PDCCH monitoring occasion的位置为6个，可能其余两个slot为上行或预留不用的资源，则确定M＝6，如图1C所示，进一步确定HARQ-ACK codebook为M*C，其中，C为该载波上每个PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特数，与配置的TB个数以及配置的CBG个数有关。即不论这6个位置上是否真实收到了PDCCH以及PDSCH，都按照这6个位置产生HARQ-ACK codebook。
Dynamic codebook可以根据接收到的对应在同一个上行位置进行HARQ-ACK反馈的PDCCH中的第一个PDCCH和最后一个PDCCH的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域、PDCCH和PDSCH之间的调度timing、PDCCH monitoring occasion的配置信息等确定一个PDCCH接收集合M，确定M的方式同semi-static codebook类似。在确定了M之后，M个PDCCH monitoring occasion中的每个PDCCH，当使用非回退的DCI格式时，都包含2比特C-DAI(Counter-Downlink Assignment Index，计数-下行分配索引)和2比特T-DAI(Total-DAI，总数DAI)，其中C-DAI用于确定HARQ-ACK在codebook中的排序位置，T-DAI用于确定HARQ-ACK codebook的大小。例如如图1D所示，假设本slot调度，根据slot n中收到的PDCCH(对应slot n+8的第一个PDCCH)中的HARQ-ACK timing以及slot n+5中收到的PDCCH(对应slot n+8的最后一个PDCCH)中的HARQ-ACK timing，确定M集合，在M集合中，根据实际接收到的PDCCH中的C-DAI按照先频域后时域顺序进行排序，根据M集合中最后一个monitoring occasion中收到的PDCCH中的T-DAI确定HARQ-ACK codebook的大小为8*C，假设两个CC中每个CC上的每个PDSCH传输都对应C比特HARQ-ACK反馈信息；由于根据实际接收到的PDCCH进行HARQ-ACK排序以及HARQ-ACK比特数的确定，对实际不存在调度的位置不需要产生HARQ-ACK信息进行占位，可以较大程度上减少HARQ-ACK反馈信息的冗余。
可选的，本申请实施例的SPS PDSCH可以是下列PDCCH中的一种：
没有对应的PDCCH的PDSCH；
在根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS传输机会中传输的SPS PDSCH；
在根据指示下行SPS重新建立的PDCCH确定的后续SPS传输机会中传输的SPS PDSCH。
上面提到的后续，即不包含根据该PDCCH的调度信息确定的第一个PDSCH传输。
其中，本申请实施例确定在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的方法有很多种，下面列举几种：
方法1：
终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
相应的，网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
1、终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
相应的，网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH 的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
也就是说，如果SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输，就可以在HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
一种可能的实施方式是：当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，就确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输。
另一种可能的实施方式是：当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，则传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook为与SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK同一时刻传输的HARQ-ACK codebook，即终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
上面提到的k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
2、所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
相应的，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
也就是说，如果SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输，就不会在HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
一种可能的实施方式是：当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，就确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输。
另一种可能的实施方式是：当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，则不是传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook为与SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK不同时刻传输的HARQ-ACK codebook，即终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
上面提到的k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
在实施中，如果所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则处理方式可以是下列中的一种：
处理方式1、所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK  codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则所述网络侧设备根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
处理方式2、所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK  codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
处理方式3、所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK
也就是说，终端需要根据新HARQ-ACK timing按照上述方法1进行处理，以及还要根据原HARQ-ACK timing按照上述方法1进行处理；
相应的，网络侧设备也需要根据新HARQ-ACK timing按照上述方法1进行处理，以及根据原HARQ-ACK timing按照上述方法1进行处理。
比如终端HARQ-ACK timing1的基础上又配置了HARQ-ACK timing2，则终端根据HARQ-ACK timing1按照上述方法1进行处理，并且根据HARQ-ACK timing2按照上述方法1进行处理。
处理方式4、所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或 去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
方法2：
所述终端根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，网络侧设备根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
在实施中，若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，网络侧设备也会确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
其中，HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方法1、所述网络侧设备根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定。
例如：
预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合为{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}，根据其中的最大值8和最小值1，则对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n(即n+8-8)到slot n+7(即n+8-1)，该集合中虽然可能包含了没有下行资源的slot，但由于是判断是否包含SPS机会在内，SPS机会是能出现在具有下行资源的slot，因此，不影响判断结果；又例如，根据上述方式确定一个slot范围，在其中去掉不包含下行传输资源的slot；又例如，预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合为{1,2,3,6}，由于集合中的值并不连续，即使根据其确定一个范围，还需要在该范围内进一步根据每个HARQ-ACK timing确定具体的位置，对于不是HARQ-ACK timing对应的位置不算在下行传输集合中，或者就可以直接根据每个HARQ-ACK timing确定具体的位置，则对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n+7、slot n+6、slot n+5、slot n+2，进一步，还可以去掉对于根据每个HARQ-ACK timing确定的slot中没有下行资源的slot。
方式2、所述网络侧设备根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定。
例如：
根据接收到的对应在slot n+8进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH指示的最大的HARQ-ACK timing(假设为8)和最小的HARQ-ACK timing(假设为4)，则确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n(即n+8-8)到slot n+4(即n+8-4)，该集合中虽然可能包含了没有下行资源的slot，但由于是判断是否包含SPS机会在内，SPS机会是能出现在具有下行资源的slot，因此，不影响判断结果；又例如，根据上述方式确定一个slot范围，在其中去掉不包含下行传输资源的slot；又例如，预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合为{1,2,3,4,5,6,8}，根据接收到的对应在slot n+8进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH指示的最大的HARQ-ACK timing(假设为8)和最小的HARQ-ACK timing(假设为4)，则确定一个HARQ-ACK timing取值子集合为{4,5,6,8}，即使根据最大值和最小值确定一个范围，还需要在该范围内进一步根据每个HARQ-ACK timing确定具体的位置，对于不是HARQ-ACK timing对应的位置不算在下行传输集合中，或者就可以直接根据子集合中的每个HARQ-ACK timing确定具体的位置，则对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n+4、slot n+3、slot n+2、slot n，进一步，还可以去掉对于根据每个HARQ-ACK timing确定的slot中没有下行资源的slot。
方式3、所述网络侧设备根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定。
例如：
根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合中的最大值(例如8)和最小值(例如1)、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合中的最大值(例如3)和最小值(例如0)，确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n-3(即n+8-8-3)到slot n+7(即n+8-1-0)，该集合中虽然可能包含了没有下行资源的slot，但由于是判断是否包含SPS机会在内，SPS机会是能出现在具有下行资源的slot，因此，不影响判断结果；又例如，根据上述方式确定一个slot范围，在其中去掉不包含下行传输资源的slot；又例如，当HARQ-ACK timing集合中的取值不连续和/或scheduling timing集合中的取值不连续时，根据上述方式确定一个slot范围中包含了不对应timing集合中的slot，还需进一步根据timing集合中的每个值确定具体的slot，或者直接根据timing集合中的每个值确定具体的slot，从而得到下行传输集合，进一步，还可以去掉其中不包含下行传输资源的slot；
方式4、所述网络侧设备根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的 HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing确定。
这里所谓的对应，即该PDCCH中可能不存在调度timing指示域，此时调度timing为预先配置的固定值，为该PDCCH对应的一个值。
例如：
根据接收到的对应在slot n+8进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH指示的最大的HARQ-ACK timing(假设为8)和最小的HARQ-ACK timing(假设为4)、以及接收到的PDCCH中指示的最大调度timing(假设slot n的调度信令在slot n-3中检测到，则slot n-3中的PDCCH指示的调度timing为3)和最小的调度timing(假设slot n＝4的调度信令在slot n+4中检测到，则slot n+4中的PDCCH指示的调度timing为0)，确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n-3(即n+8-8-3)到slot n+4(即n+8-4-0)；又例如，根据上述方式确定一个slot范围，在其中去掉不包含下行传输资源的slot；又例如，当HARQ-ACK timing集合中的取值不连续和/或scheduling timing集合中的取值不连续时，根据上述方式确定一个slot范围中包含了不对应timing集合中的slot，还需进一步根据timing集合中的每个值确定具体的slot，或者直接根据timing集合中的每个值确定具体的slot，从而得到下行传输集合，进一步，还可以去掉其中不包含下行传输资源的slot。
在实施中，如果所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则处理方式可以是下列中的一种：
处理方式1、所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则所述网络侧设备根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
处理方式2、所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：
在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及
根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，本申请实施例上述提到的下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
也就是说，这里的下行传输为通过PDSCH进行的传输或通过PDCCH指示下行SPS资源释放的传输。
一种可能的实施方式中：终端的SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
相应的，网络侧设备在确定所述终端的SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。具体的，当终端接收到了一个指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH时，在根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS传输机会中处于激活状态，其中后续SPS传输机会不包含与该PDCCH对应的第一个PDSCH传输，即该PDCCH在slot n发送，调度timing为k，则可以调度slot n+k中的一个PDSCH传输，slot n+k不包含在根据该PDCCH确定的后续SPS传输机会中，后续SPS传输机会为与slot n+k间隔N个slot的slot开始，每个N个slot的slot，或者，当终端接收到了一个指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH时，确定所述终端的SPS PDSCH处于被激活状态。
方法3：若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
相应的，若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
当所述终端被配置了SPS传输(例如高层信令配置了SPS传输间隔和/或SPS对应的RNTI，例如CS-RNTI(Configured Scheduling-RNTI)等)，则在HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。此时不论终端的SPS PDSCH是否被激活，即不论终端是否收到指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH，都在HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK时，可以在预定位置增加，下面列举几种：
增加方式1：
所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
相应的，网络侧设备确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数。
在实施中，预设位置可以位于所述HARQ-ACK codebook的前面或后面。
增加方式2：
所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000001
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
相应的，所述网络侧设备确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加 或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000002
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值；
X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数；
Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP(BandWidth Part，带宽部分)中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数；或
Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数；或
Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
在实施中，预设位置可以位于所述HARQ-ACK codebook的前面或后面。
如图2所述，本申请实施例一种终端包括：处理器200、存储器201和收发机202。
处理器200负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器201可以存储处理器200在执行操作时所使用的数据。收发机202用于在处理器200的控制下接收和发送数据。
总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器200代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器201代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。处理器200负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器201可以存储处理器200在执行操作时所使用的数据。
本申请实施例揭示的流程，可以应用于处理器200中，或者由处理器200实现。在实现过程中，信号处理流程的各步骤可以通过处理器200中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器200可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器201，处理器200读取存储器201 中的信息，结合其硬件完成信号处理流程的步骤。
其中，处理器200，用于读取存储器201中的程序并执行下列过程：
在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
可选的，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
可选的，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述 HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，在PDCCH上收到SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，在PDCCH上收到SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH 的传输机会，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述处理器根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方式1、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
方式2、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
方式3、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
方式4、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
可选的，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的 HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200还用于：
确定所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
若配置了SPS传输，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器200具体用于：
在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000003
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或带宽部分BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
如图3所述，本申请实施例一种网络侧设备包括：处理器300、存储器301和收发机302。
处理器300负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器301可以存储处理器300在执行操作时所使用的数据。收发机302用于在处理器300的控制下接收和发送数据。
总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器300代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器301代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。处理器300负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器301可以存储处理器300在执行操作时所使用的数据。
本申请实施例揭示的流程，可以应用于处理器300中，或者由处理器300实现。在实 现过程中，信号处理流程的各步骤可以通过处理器300中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器300可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器301，处理器300读取存储器301中的信息，结合其硬件完成信号处理流程的步骤。
其中，处理器300，用于读取存储器301中的程序并执行下列过程：
确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
可选的，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
可选的，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，确定终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，确定终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；或
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：则在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing， 确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述处理器根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方式1、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
方式2、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
方式3、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
方式4、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
可选的，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则设备根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
确定所述终端的所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述处理器300具体用于：
确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000004
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook 的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
如图4所述，本申请实施例一种终端包括：
第一处理模块400，用于在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
第一传输模块401，用于传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
可选的，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
可选的，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置 不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，在PDCCH上收到SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，在PDCCH上收到SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述处理器根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方式1、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
方式2、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
方式3、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
方式4、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
可选的，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根 据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400还用于：
确定所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
若配置了SPS传输，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第一处理模块400具体用于：
在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000005
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或带宽部分BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
如图5所述，本申请实施例一种网络侧设备包括：
第二处理模块500，用于确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
第二传输模块501，用于根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
可选的，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
可选的，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增 加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，确定终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，确定终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；或
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原 反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：则在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述处理器根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方式1、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
方式2、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
方式3、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
方式4、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
可选的，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则设备根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
确定所述终端的所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述第二处理模块500具体用于：
确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000006
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
本申请实施例提供一种可读存储介质，该可读存储介质为非易失性存储介质，所述可读存储介质为非易失性可读存储介质，包括程序代码，当所述程序代码在计算设备上运行时，所述程序代码用于使所述计算设备执行上述终端进行混合自动重传请求反馈的动作。
本申请实施例提供一种可读存储介质，该可读存储介质为非易失性存储介质，所述可读存储介质为非易失性可读存储介质，包括程序代码，当所述程序代码在计算设备上运行时，所述程序代码用于使所述计算设备执行上述网络侧设备进行混合自动重传请求反馈的动作。
本申请实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述终端进行混合自动重传请求反馈的动作。
本申请实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述网络侧设备进行混合自动重传请求反馈的动作。
下面列举几个例子对本申请实施例的方案进行详细说明。
实施例1：假设终端预先定义或配置的下行HARQ-ACK timing的集合为K1＝{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}，即slot n中传输的PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH可以 在slot n+k进行HARQ-ACK反馈，其中k∈{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}。
根据dynamic codebook的定义，如图6所示的6个PDSCH需要在同一个slot中进行HARQ-ACK反馈，按照PDSCH对应的PDCCH所使用的DCI格式中的DAI域(C-DAI and/or T-DAI)确定针对这些PDSCH的HARQ-ACK codebook，假设每个PDSCH都为单TB传输，则产生6比特HARQ-ACK codebook；假设终端存在SPS配置，且SPS传输已经被激活，例如SPS PDSCH的传输机会为CC1上的slot n+2，且SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing为k＝6，即在slot n+2+6＝n+8进行HARQ-ACK反馈，则：
当使用上述方法1时：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定slot n+2中的SPS PDSCH仅需要在slot n+8中进行HARQ-ACK反馈，或者，确定slot n+8-k＝n+2为一个SPS PDSCH传输机会，则仅对slot n+8中的HARQ-ACK codebook增加SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK。
对于slot n+7和slot n+9等其他UL slot，在这些slot中，类似slot n+8中的方式也能确定对应需要在该slot传输的HARQ-ACK codebook，此时由于根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定该slot不是进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK传输的slot，即slot n+7-k＝n+1，不是SPS PDSCH传输机会，即slot n+9-k＝n+3，不是SPS PDSCH传输机会，不需要在该slot中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，从而减少系统中对SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的冗余传输。
一种可能的实现方式中，如果UE接收到一个PDCCH指示改变slot n+2中的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，例如该为k＝5，则由于UE可能丢失该PDCCH，为了避免与基站对HARQ-ACK codebook大小的理解不一致，需要针对k＝4和k＝5两个timing确定是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，即针对k＝4，则按照上述步骤，需要在slot n+8中的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，针对k＝5，则类似上述步骤，需要在slot n+7中的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
对于除了slot n+8和slot n+7之外的与该SPS PDSCH不存在timing对应关系的UL slot，例如slot n+9，可以不对其对应的HARQ-ACK codebook增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；当然，也可以仅针对新指示的HARQ-ACK timing进行上述操作，此时等于假设UE不会丢失该PDCCH，或者基站对HARQ-ACK codebook大小进行盲检已确定UE是否丢失该PDCCH。
当使用上述方法2时：
根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合，确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n(即n+8-8)到slot n+7(即n+8-1)；或者
根据接收到的对应在slot n+8进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH指示的最大的HARQ-ACK timing(即图6中HARQ-ACK timing＝8)和最小的HARQ-ACK timing(即图 6中HARQ-ACK timing＝4)，确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n(即n+8-8)到slot n+4(即n+8-4)；或者
根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合中的最大值(例如8)和最小值(例如1)、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合中的最大值(例如3)和最小值(例如0)，确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n-3(即n+8-8-3)到slot n+7(即n+8-1-0)；或者
根据接收到的对应在slot n+8进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH指示的最大的HARQ-ACK timing(即图6中HARQ-ACK timing＝8)和最小的HARQ-ACK timing(即图6中HARQ-ACK timing＝4)、以及接收到的PDCCH中指示的最大调度timing(例如假设slot n的调度信令在slot n-3中检测到，则slot n-3中的PDCCH指示的调度timing为3)和最小的调度timing(例如假设slot n＝4的调度信令在slot n+4中检测到，则slot n+4中的PDCCH指示的调度timing为0)，确定对应于slot n+8的下行传输集合为slot n-3(即n+8-8-3)到slot n+4(即n+8-4-0)；
之后，判断该集合中包含SPS PDSCH传输机会，即slot n+2，因此需要对HARQ-ACK codebook增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
当使用上述方法3时：
由于终端被配置了SPS传输间隔，则不论该SPS是否被激活，即不论终端是否收到了指示下行SPS PDSCH激活的PDCCH，都在每个HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；即当终端需要在slot n+7和slot n+8中分别传输对应的HARQ-ACK codebook时，需要对每个HARQ-ACK codebook都增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
该方式存在冗余的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，因为按照一个给定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，只有在对应SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing的slot中传输的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK为有效的，其他的都是占位的。
但是由于SPS PDSCH在传输过程中可以通过使用对应SPS业务的RNTI加扰的PDCCH或C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH进行调度，例如调度SPS PDSCH重传，或改变SPS PDSCH的传输资源，或因为存在dynamic DL-SCH需要占用SPS的资源传输，通过C-RNTI调度一个dynamic PDSCH可以同时承载dynamic DL-SCH和SPS数据，此时，上述PDCCH可以改变原SPS PDSCH的传输位置和HARQ-ACK timing，如果PDCCH在终端侧丢包，则终端无法确定更新的SPS PDSCH的传输位置和/或HARQ-ACK timing。按照上述方法1和方法2判断时，终端和基站对是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的理解可能不一致，导致HARQ-ACK错误传输。因此，上述占位传输，可以避免这种错误。
在上述各种方法中，增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK时，例如本实施例中，多个CC上仅CC1上存在一个SPS PDSCH，且SPS PDSCH使用单TB传输，则仅增加1比特SPS  PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，可以是在确定好的6比特HARQ-ACK codebook的前面或者后面增加1比特。
当然，如果多个CC上都存在SPS PDSCH，则每个CC都可以按照上述方式确定，不同CC上的SPS PDSCH的传输slot和传输间隔以及HARQ-ACK timing可能相同或不同。
如果不同，则每个SPS PDSCH需要独立判断是否需要在HARQ-ACK codebook中增加该SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
实施例2：假设终端预先定义或配置的下行HARQ-ACK timing的集合为K1＝{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}，即slot n中传输的PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH可以在slot n+k进行HARQ-ACK反馈，其中k∈{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}；假设调度时序的集合为{0,1,2,3}，即slot n中传输的PDCCH可以调度slot n+m中的PDSCH，其中m∈{0,1,2,3}。
根据semi-static codebook的定义，如图7所示，根据HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及调度timing集合，所有可能的对应在下一个无线阵中的slot n+1进行HARQ-ACK反馈的PDCCH monitoring occasion集合，例如为slot n(即从slot n+11反推最大的HARQ-ACK timing以最大的调度timing，即为n+11-8-3＝n)到slot n+9(即从slot n+11反推最小的HARQ-ACK timing以最小的调度timing，即为n+11-1-0＝n+10，从中选择具有PDCCH monitoring occasion的位置，因为slot n+10为上行，不具有PDCCH monitoring occasion，所以不算在内)共计10个，当然如果集合中的值不连续，还可以进一步根据每个timing值来确定；假设每个下行传输都为单TB，则产生对应slot n+1的10比特第一HARQ-ACK codebook；假设终端存在SPS配置，且SPS传输已经被激活，例如SPS PDSCH的传输机会为CC1上的slot n+7，且SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing为k＝4，即在slot(n+7+4)mod10＝n+1进行HARQ-ACK反馈，则：
使用上述方法1：
根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定slot n+7中的SPS PDSCH仅需要在slot n+1中进行HARQ-ACK反馈，或者，确定slot n+1-k＝n-3即前一个无线帧中的slot n+7为一个SPS PDSCH传输机会，则确定slot n+1中的第一HARQ-ACK codebook不需要额外处理，直接反馈。
对除了slot n+1之外的不对应slot n+7中的SPS PDSCH的UL slot，例如slot n和slot n+2，按照类似slot n+1的方式也可以确定一个长度为10的集合，从而得到10比特HARQ-ACK codebook，但此时由于根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定slot n和slot n+2不是进行SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK传输的slot，即slot n-k＝n-4即前一个无线帧中的slot n+6，不是SPS PDSCH传输机会，slot n+2-k＝n-2即前一个无线帧中的slot n+8，不是SPS DPSCH传输机会，因此，不需要在该slot中传输对应SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，所以可以在确定的第一HARQ-ACK codebook的基础山去掉1比特对应SPS PDSCH的 HARQ-ACK，即仅反馈9比特HARQ-ACK即可，从而减少系统中对SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的冗余传输。
需要说明的是，上述实施例仅以基于slot的调度和传输为例，当进行基于mini-slot的调度和传输时，相关方法同样适用；图7中假设一个slot中仅存在一个PDCCH monitoring occasion，PDCCH monitoring occasion可以调度一个PDSCH传输，当然一个slot中还可以存在多个PDCCH monitoring occasion，一个PDCCH monitoring occasion可以调度多个PDSCH传输，则相应的确定codebook的大小会发生变化。
需要说明的是，在上述实施例中，在一个SPS业务处于激活状态时：
如果接收到一个使用CS-RNTI加扰、且NDI＝1、且指示的HARQ-ACK进程号与上述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程号相同的PDCCH时(即该PDCCH调度一个SPS PDSCH进行重传)，不论该PDCCH所调度的PDSCH传输是否在上述SPS PDSCH的传输位置中传输，都需要按照上述规则，对于方法1，基于指示SPS PDSCH激活的PDCCH中对应的HARQ-ACK timing以及确定好的该SPS PDSCH的传输机会，来判断是否需要对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加/减少SPS HARQ-ACK，对于方法2，基于SPS的传输机会是否包含在下行传输集合中，来判断是否需要对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加/减少SPS HARQ-ACK；这是因为，如果调度重传的PDCCH调度UE在不是上述SPS PDSCH传输机会的时刻进行重传，则不论UE是否接收到该PDCCH，UE都还需要在已经确定的SPS的传输机会中接收SPS PDSCH，因此，需要针对原SPS PDSCH确定是否需要对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加SPS HARQ-ACK，特别的，当该PDCCH所调度的SPS PDSCH重传就发生在SPS的传输机会中时，虽然UE在该传输机会中会根据该PDCCH的调度去接收重传的SPS PDSCH(重传的SPS PDSCH的频域资源/MCS等信息可能与激活SPS PDSCH的PDCCH所指示的频域资源/MCS等不同)，而可能不再需要根据原来的SPS频域资源/MCS接收原来的SPS PDSCH(因为UE在一个时刻可能在同一个载波/BWP/小区上只能接收并译码一个PDSCH)，但当UE丢失上述调度重传的PDCCH时，UE还是需要在该SPS传输机会中根据原有的频域资源/MCS等配置参数接收原来的SPS PDSCH，为了避免UE在是否接收到上述PDCCH时确定是否对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加/减少SPS HARQ-ACK的结果不同，从而造成基站和终端对codebook大小的理解不一致，不论是否接收到上述调度重传的PDCCH，总是要针对原SPS PDSCH，按照上述方法1或方法2或方法3，确定是否需要对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加/减少SPS HARQ-ACK；
如果接收到一个使用C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH，且该PDCCH调度一个PDSCH传输在SPS PDSCH的传输机会中传输时，虽然SPS PDSCH原本的数据可能打包在该C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH所调度的PDSCH中传输，从而在原本的SPS PDSCH资源上没有SPS PDSCH传输，但UE如果丢失该C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH，UE还是需要在原本的SPS PDSCH资源 上接收SPS PDSCH的，为了避免UE在是否接收到上述PDCCH时确定是否对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加/减少SPS HARQ-ACK的结果不同，从而造成基站和终端对codebook大小的理解不一致，不论是否接收到上述C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH，总是要针对原SPS PDSCH，按照上述方法1或方法2或方法3，确定是否需要对第一HARQ-ACK codebook增加/减少SPS HARQ-ACK。
基于同一发明构思，本申请实施例中还提供了一种终端侧进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法，由于该方法对应的设备是本申请实施例信道估计的系统中的终端，并且该方法解决问题的原理与该设备相似，因此该方法的实施可以参见系统的实施，重复之处不再赘述。
如图8所述，本申请实施例终端侧进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法包括：
步骤800、终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
步骤801、所述终端传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
可选的，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
可选的，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
可选的，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在PUCCH或PUSCH上 传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；
可选的，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新 HARQ-ACK timing后，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述终端根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方法1、所述终端根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
方式2、所述终端根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
方式3、所述终端根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
方式4、所述终端根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行 HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
可选的，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
可选的，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK之前，还包括：
所述终端确定所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态。
可选的，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000007
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或带宽部分BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
基于同一发明构思，本申请实施例中还提供了一种网络侧设备进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法，由于该方法对应的设备是本申请实施例信道估计的系统中的网络侧设备，并且该方法解决问题的原理与该设备相似，因此该方法的实施可以参见系统的实施，重复之处不再赘述。
如图9所述，本申请实施例网络侧设备进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法包括：
步骤900、网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
步骤901、所述网络侧设备根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
可选的，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
可选的，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述 HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述网络侧设备确定终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述网络侧设备确定终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则所述网络侧设备根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去 掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；或
或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述网络侧设备根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK  codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述网络侧设备根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
方法1、所述网络侧设备根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
方式2、所述网络侧设备根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
方式3、所述网络侧设备根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
方式4、所述网络侧设备根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
可选的，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则所述网络侧设备根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间 的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK之前，还包括：
所述网络侧设备确定所述终端的所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
可选的，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
所述网络侧设备确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
所述网络侧设备确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-000008
比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会 的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本申请的优选实施例，但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念，则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以，所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本申请范围的所有变更和修改。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (69)

  1. 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法，其特征在于，该方法包括：
    终端在物理下行控制信道PUCCH或物理上行链路共享信道PUSCH上传输的混合自动重传请求应答指令码本HARQ-ACK codebook中，增加或去掉半持续调度物理下行链路共享信道SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    所述终端传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为半静态的semi-static codebook或动态dynamic codebook。
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK定时关系timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  7. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的 HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  9. 如权利要求4～8任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK  codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  10. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  12. 如权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述终端根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
    方法1、所述终端根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
    方式2、所述终端根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
    方式3、所述终端根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
    方式4、所述终端根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的 HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing确定。
  13. 如权利要求10～12任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
  14. 如权利要求10～12任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，所述终端接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  15. 如权利要求4～8、10～12任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK之前，还包括：
    所述终端确定所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态。
  16. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  17. 如权利要求1～8、10～12和16任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
    所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
    Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-100001
    比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或带宽部分BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
  18. 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法，其特征在于，该方法包括：
    网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    所述网络侧设备根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
  20. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
  21. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的 HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  23. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述网络侧设备确定终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  24. 如权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，所述网络侧设备确定终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  26. 如权利要求21～25任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的 HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则所述网络侧设备根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；或
    或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则所述网络侧设备根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  27. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述网络侧设备根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  28. 如权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  29. 如权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述网络侧设备根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
    方法1、所述网络侧设备根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
    方式2、所述网络侧设备根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
    方式3、所述网络侧设备根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
    方式4、所述网络侧设备根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing确定。
  30. 如权利要求27～29任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
  31. 如权利要求27～29任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则所述网络侧设备根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，若所述网络侧设备发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则所述网络侧设备在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  32. 如权利要求21～25、27～29任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK之前，还包括：
    所述网络侧设备确定所述终端的所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态。
  33. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  34. 如权利要求18～25、27～29和33任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络侧设备确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，包括：
    所述网络侧设备确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
    所述网络侧设备确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
    Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-100002
    比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的 HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
  35. 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的终端，其特征在于，该终端包括：处理器和存储器；
    其中，处理器，用于读取存储器中的程序并执行下列过程：
    在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；传输处理后的HARQ-ACK codebook。
  36. 如权利要求35所述的终端，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
  37. 如权利要求35所述的终端，其特征在于，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
  38. 如权利要求35所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  39. 如权利要求38所述的终端，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  40. 如权利要求39所述的终端，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增 加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  41. 如权利要求38所述的终端，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  42. 如权利要求41所述的终端，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  43. 如权利要求38～42任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS  PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，在PDCCH上收到SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，在PDCCH上收到SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  44. 如权利要求35所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  45. 如权利要求44所述的终端，其特征在于，所述根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  46. 如权利要求44所述的终端，其特征在于，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述处理器根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
    方式1、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
    方式2、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
    方式3、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
    方式4、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
  47. 如权利要求44～46任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
  48. 如权利要求44～46任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，接收到PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  49. 如权利要求38～42、44～46任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK之前，所述过程还包括：
    确定所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态后，在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  50. 如权利要求35所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的 HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    若配置了SPS传输，则在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  51. 如权利要求35～42、44～46和50任一所述的终端，其特征在于，所述在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
    在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
    Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-100003
    比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或带宽部分BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
  52. 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的网络侧设备，其特征在于，该网络侧设备包括：处理器和存储器；
    其中，处理器，用于读取存储器中的程序并执行下列过程：
    确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；根据确定的结果接收所述终端发送的HARQ-ACK codebook。
  53. 如权利要求52所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述HARQ-ACK codebook为semi-static codebook或dynamic codebook。
  54. 如权利要求52所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述SPS PDSCH为未对应PDCCH的PDSCH。
  55. 如权利要求52所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  56. 如权利要求55所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  57. 如权利要求55所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，确定终端在传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  58. 如权利要求56所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  59. 如权利要求58所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述根据SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与所述HARQ-ACK codebook在不同时刻传输时，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    当所述HARQ-ACK codebook在时刻n传输，且时刻n-k不为所述终端接收SPS PDSCH的时刻时，则确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing；或
    当SPS PDSCH的传输时刻为n，确定终端在非传输时刻n+k中传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，k为所述SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing。
  60. 如权利要求55～59任一所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH 或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则根据所述SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；或
    或者，若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK反馈位置不同于根据指示下行SPS激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈位置时：则在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或者，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之前，根据所述SPS PDSCH的原反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置生效之后，根据所述SPS PDSCH的新反馈位置与HARQ-ACK codebook的关系，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，若发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，则根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，若发送了PDCCH，且所述PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing后：则在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之前，根据SPS PDSCH的原HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新HARQ-ACK timing生效之后，根据SPS PDSCH的新HARQ-ACK timing，确定终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  61. 如权利要求52所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中是否增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  62. 如权利要求61所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述根据传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中是否包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    若传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含SPS PDSCH的传输机会，则确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  63. 如权利要求61所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合是所述处理器根据下列方式中的一种确定的：
    方式1、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合确定；
    方式2、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing确定；
    方式3、根据预先定义或配置的HARQ-ACK timing集合、以及预先定义或配置的下行调度timing集合确定；
    方式4、根据接收到的在传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻进行HARQ-ACK反馈的多个PDCCH所使用的DCI中的HARQ-ACK timing指示域指示的HARQ-ACK timing、以及所述多个PDCCH指示或对应的下行调度timing的最大值和最小值确定。
  64. 如权利要求61～63任一所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述下行传输为PDSCH或指示下行SPS资源释放的PDCCH。
  65. 如权利要求61～63任一所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的后续SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则设备根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook 的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；
    或者，若发送了PDCCH，且根据所述PDCCH确定的新的SPS PDSCH的传输机会与根据指示下行SPS资源激活的PDCCH确定的原SPS PDSCH的传输机会不同时：则在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或，在确定所述SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之前，根据所述原SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，以及根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；在确定所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会生效之后，根据所述新SPS PDSCH的传输机会与传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合之间的关系，确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  66. 如权利要求55～59、61～63任一所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK之前，所述过程还包括：
    确定所述终端的所述SPS PDSCH处于激活状态。
  67. 如权利要求52所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    若所述终端配置了SPS传输，则确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
  68. 如权利要求55～59、61～63和67任一所述的网络侧设备，其特征在于，所述确定终端在PUCCH或PUSCH上传输的HARQ-ACK codebook中增加或去掉SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，具体包括：
    确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK；其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，X为正整数；或
    确定所述终端在所述HARQ-ACK codebook的预定位置增加或去掉Y*X比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，或增加或去掉
    Figure PCTCN2018125476-appb-100004
    比特SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，其中，X为一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，且X为大于或等于1的值，X i为Y个SPS PDSCH中的一个SPS PDSCH所对应的HARQ-ACK比特数，Y为所述终端的处于SPS 激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的SPS PDSCH的个数或根据对应的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK timing确定的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK与HARQ-ACK codebook在同一时刻传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端的处于SPS激活状态的载波或小区或BWP中传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的个数或传输所述HARQ-ACK codebook的时刻对应的下行传输的集合中包含的SPS PDSCH的传输机会的载波或小区或BWP的个数，或Y为所述终端配置了SPS传输的载波或小区或BWP的个数，Y为正整数。
  69. 一种计算机存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，其特征在于，该程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1～17任一所述方法的步骤或如权利要求18～34任一所述方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2018/125476 2018-02-08 2018-12-29 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端 WO2019153964A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/968,593 US11923985B2 (en) 2018-02-08 2018-12-29 Method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, and terminal
EP22166381.8A EP4040698A1 (en) 2018-02-08 2018-12-29 Method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, and terminal
EP18904723.6A EP3751772B1 (en) 2018-02-08 2018-12-29 Method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, and terminal
KR1020207025621A KR102501669B1 (ko) 2018-02-08 2018-12-29 하이브리드 자동 반복 요청 피드백을 수행하는 방법 및 단말

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810129186.9 2018-02-08
CN201810129186.9A CN110138514B (zh) 2018-02-08 2018-02-08 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019153964A1 true WO2019153964A1 (zh) 2019-08-15

Family

ID=67549230

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/125476 WO2019153964A1 (zh) 2018-02-08 2018-12-29 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US11923985B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP4040698A1 (zh)
KR (1) KR102501669B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN110138514B (zh)
TW (1) TWI716803B (zh)
WO (1) WO2019153964A1 (zh)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112398590A (zh) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答反馈及接收的方法、设备、装置
WO2021031908A1 (zh) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 传输方法、配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN112825495A (zh) * 2019-11-20 2021-05-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 Harq-ack处理方法及相关设备
CN113497680A (zh) * 2020-04-01 2021-10-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答反馈方法、终端及网络节点
US20220053535A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-02-17 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Feedback method for semi-static transmission, network device and terminal device

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3827538B1 (en) * 2018-07-26 2024-01-24 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Harq codebook for radio access networks
CN110830151B (zh) * 2018-08-07 2021-06-15 华为技术有限公司 反馈信息的传输方法和装置
CN110943806B (zh) * 2018-09-21 2021-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求确认码本的传输方法和设备
US11405907B2 (en) * 2018-12-28 2022-08-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for grant-free data transmission in wireless communication system
KR20200083217A (ko) * 2018-12-28 2020-07-08 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 비승인 데이터 전송 방법 및 장치
CN114157400B (zh) * 2019-02-15 2024-04-16 华为技术有限公司 一种码本的处理方法及装置
CN111770572B (zh) * 2019-03-30 2023-08-04 华为技术有限公司 确定反馈信息的方法和通信装置
CN112243297B (zh) * 2019-07-18 2023-11-17 财团法人资讯工业策进会 用于移动通信系统的用户装置及基站
WO2021062678A1 (zh) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 反馈信息的发送方法、接收方法、装置、终端和介质
CN112788760B (zh) * 2019-11-08 2022-09-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答harq-ack反馈位置的确定方法及通信设备
CN112787764B (zh) * 2019-11-08 2022-07-01 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 一种混合自动重传请求码本的确定方法及设备
CN113328831B (zh) * 2020-02-28 2022-10-21 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Harq-ack反馈方法终端、基站和存储介质
CN116155468A (zh) * 2020-04-20 2023-05-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种码本反馈处理方法、设备、装置及介质
US11758513B2 (en) 2020-04-20 2023-09-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink control channel with uplink message short data field
US11523301B2 (en) * 2020-04-20 2022-12-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical uplink control channel with buffer status report
CN113541881B (zh) * 2020-04-20 2022-05-24 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 混合自动重传应答消息传输资源的确定方法、装置及设备
CN113573256B (zh) * 2020-04-28 2022-08-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息反馈、资源调度方法、终端及网络设备
US11764908B2 (en) * 2020-07-31 2023-09-19 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method and apparatus for transmitting a HARQ codebook based on reference time
US11956777B2 (en) * 2020-08-07 2024-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Management of overlapping semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) configured physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission occasions
CN114585097A (zh) * 2020-12-01 2022-06-03 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 数据传输方法及通信装置
WO2023136562A1 (ko) * 2022-01-11 2023-07-20 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 harq-ack 정보 송수신 방법 및 장치

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106160957A (zh) * 2015-01-29 2016-11-23 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Harq-ack信息的反馈方法及设备
CN106549734A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息的传输方法、终端和基站
US20170134140A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 Innovative Technology Lab Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request operation in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation
CN107347002A (zh) * 2016-05-06 2017-11-14 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 一种harq-ack反馈信息的传输方法和设备

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101789851B (zh) * 2010-01-15 2015-08-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种多载波系统及其正确/错误应答消息的发送方法
KR101165643B1 (ko) * 2010-12-20 2012-07-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Ａｃｋ/ｎａｃｋ 전송방법 및 사용자기기와, ａｃｋ/ｎａｃｋ 수신방법 및 기지국
US9526091B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2016-12-20 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for coordination of self-optimization functions in a wireless network
CN103384188B (zh) * 2012-05-04 2017-03-01 电信科学技术研究院 载波聚合反馈方法、装置及系统
US10476653B2 (en) * 2014-03-25 2019-11-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in wireless communication system
US10103848B2 (en) * 2014-04-04 2018-10-16 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Hybrid automatic repeat request timing in communications
US9686064B2 (en) * 2015-01-21 2017-06-20 Intel IP Corporation Devices and methods for HARQ-ACK feedback scheme on PUSCH in wireless communication systems
US9888465B2 (en) * 2015-04-06 2018-02-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Codeword determination for acknowledgement information
WO2017161541A1 (zh) * 2016-03-24 2017-09-28 华为技术有限公司 下行数据的混合式自动重传请求反馈方法以及装置
US10541785B2 (en) 2016-07-18 2020-01-21 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Carrier aggregation with variable transmission durations
US20210152292A1 (en) * 2017-09-08 2021-05-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method, user equipment and base station for transmitting harq-ack information
CN110034868B (zh) 2018-01-11 2023-09-29 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 传输harq-ack信息的方法及设备
CN117375773A (zh) 2018-01-11 2024-01-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 传输harq-ack信息的方法及设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106160957A (zh) * 2015-01-29 2016-11-23 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Harq-ack信息的反馈方法及设备
CN106549734A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息的传输方法、终端和基站
US20170134140A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 Innovative Technology Lab Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for performing hybrid automatic repeat request operation in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation
CN107347002A (zh) * 2016-05-06 2017-11-14 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 一种harq-ack反馈信息的传输方法和设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Discussion on SPS HARQ-ACK bit handling in case of dynamic codebook configuration for eCA", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #84BIS RL-162105, 1 April 2016 (2016-04-01), XP051079952 *

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220053535A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-02-17 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Feedback method for semi-static transmission, network device and terminal device
CN112398590A (zh) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答反馈及接收的方法、设备、装置
WO2021031908A1 (zh) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 传输方法、配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN112398590B (zh) * 2019-08-16 2022-12-02 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答反馈及接收的方法、设备、装置
CN112825495A (zh) * 2019-11-20 2021-05-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 Harq-ack处理方法及相关设备
CN112825495B (zh) * 2019-11-20 2022-08-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Harq-ack处理方法及相关设备
CN113497680A (zh) * 2020-04-01 2021-10-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答反馈方法、终端及网络节点

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US11923985B2 (en) 2024-03-05
KR20200118147A (ko) 2020-10-14
KR102501669B1 (ko) 2023-02-17
EP3751772B1 (en) 2022-05-11
EP3751772A1 (en) 2020-12-16
EP3751772A4 (en) 2021-03-31
CN110138514B (zh) 2020-10-20
TW201935955A (zh) 2019-09-01
CN110138514A (zh) 2019-08-16
TWI716803B (zh) 2021-01-21
EP4040698A1 (en) 2022-08-10
US20210050948A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019153964A1 (zh) 一种进行混合自动重传请求反馈的方法和终端
US11184128B2 (en) Devices and methods for HARQ-ACK feedback scheme on PUSCH in wireless communication systems
JP6500164B2 (ja) アップリンク制御情報伝送方法及び装置
CN110278062B (zh) 资源指示、确定方法及装置
US10623150B2 (en) Control information transmission method, user equipment, and base station
JP6720371B2 (ja) キャリアアグリゲーションベースの無線通信システムにおける通信方法（ｃｏｍｍｕｎｉｃａｔｉｏｎ ｍｅｔｈｏｄ ｉｎ ｗｉｒｅｌｅｓｓ ｃｏｍｍｕｎｉｃａｔｉｏｎ ｓｙｓｔｅｍ ｏｎ ｂａｓｉｓ ｏｆ ｃａｒｒｉｅｒ ａｇｇｒｅｇａｔｉｏｎ）
CN110138531B (zh) 混合自动重传请求应答的传输方法及其装置
CN110943815B (zh) 一种harq-ack的传输方法、终端设备及网络设备
EP3783949A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2019154126A1 (zh) 反馈码本确定方法及装置
JP7149970B2 (ja) フィードバック応答情報の伝送方法、装置及びシステム
US11523382B2 (en) Resource determining method and apparatus, and resource indication method and apparatus
WO2019169542A1 (zh) 一种应答信息处理方法、设备及存储介质
TW201632013A (zh) 方法、裝置及系統
KR20180087229A (ko) 데이터 전송 방법, 단말기 및 기지국
WO2019191941A1 (zh) 上行控制信息的传输方法及相关产品
KR20200007841A (ko) 업링크 제어 정보 전송 방법, 장치 및 시스템
CN117044144A (zh) Harq-ack码本处理
WO2019214331A1 (zh) 一种发送pucch的方法、装置及可读存储介质
WO2018059082A1 (zh) 一种定时改变方法、装置及定时改变系统
WO2015089833A1 (en) Cross-carrier scheduling and acknowledgment transmission
US11234220B2 (en) Allocation of resources in physical uplink control channels
JP6657406B2 (ja) 情報を送受信するための方法、装置、システム、コンピュータ可読媒体およびプログラム
JP2024504095A (ja) アップリンク制御チャネルの電力制御方法、及び装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18904723

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207025621

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018904723

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200908